<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Davidboys95</id>
		<title>NASPAWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Davidboys95"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/w/Special:Contributions/Davidboys95"/>
		<updated>2026-04-06T10:10:59Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.29.0</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6851</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6851"/>
				<updated>2011-12-06T16:25:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* 3. Major Championship (One spot) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. The qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Championship (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* One spot on the Canadian team is reserved for the winner or highest Canadian finisher at a major championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. &lt;br /&gt;
* There are three potential major events but only one spot. As such they are listed below in descending order of importance. At this time it is not known which if any of the major events listed below will be held.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone earning a spot (or a potential spot) as a result of any of the major events listed below must accept that spot no later than one month after completion of the event in which the spot was earned, or by May 31, 2012 - whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
* The major events listed below are only applicable if they are held in Canada within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* The QP will not be extended to accomodate any of these events.&lt;br /&gt;
* David Boys and Adam Logan have already earned WSC 2013 berths as a result of WSC 2011 high finishes. As such, they will be assumed to decline any berth they may earn as a result of any of the major events listed below, and the next event in the hierarchy will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Canadian Collins Championship (CCC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* The winner of the first Canadian Collins Championship held within the QP will be awarded a berth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Canadian TWL Champion (CNSC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* If no berth is awarded and '''accepted''' as a result of the CCC then the winner of the first CNSC held within the QP will be awarded a berth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== World Player's Championship (WPC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* If no berth is awarded and  '''accepted''' as a result of any of the above (CCC, CNSC) then the highest Canadian finisher at the first WPC held in Canada within the QP will be awarded a berth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013. Some of those players will have carry-over votes from previous years.&lt;br /&gt;
* The remaining WSC berth will be awarded to the winner of this event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that if the QT is eliminated then this section will be revised''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the 2015 World SCRABBLE Championship except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''This only applies if there is a QT for WSC 2015.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6850</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6850"/>
				<updated>2011-12-06T16:23:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* 3. Major Championship (One spot) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. The qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Championship (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* One spot on the Canadian team is reserved for the winner or highest Canadian finisher at a major championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. &lt;br /&gt;
* There are three potential major events but only one spot. As such they are listed below in descending order of importance. At this time it is not known which if any of the major events listed below will be held.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone earning a spot (or a potential spot) as a result of any of the major events listed below must accept that spot no later than one month after completion of the event in which the spot was earned, or by May 31, 2012 - whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
* The major events listed below are only applicable if they are held in Canada within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* The QP will not be extended to accomodate any of these events.&lt;br /&gt;
* David Boys and Adam Logan have already earned WSC 2013 berths as a result of WSC 2011 high finishes. As such, they will be assumed to decline any berth they may earn as a result of any of the major events listed below, and the next event in the hierarchy will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== A. Canadian Collins Championship (CCC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* The winner of the first Canadian Collins Championship held within the QP will be awarded a berth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== B. Canadian TWL Champion (CNSC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* If no berth is awarded and '''accepted''' as a result of the CCC then the winner of the first CNSC held within the QP will be awarded a berth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== C. World Player's Championship (WPC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* If no berth is awarded and  '''accepted''' as a result of any of the above (CCC, CNSC) then the highest Canadian finisher at the first WPC held in Canada within the QP will be awarded a berth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013. Some of those players will have carry-over votes from previous years.&lt;br /&gt;
* The remaining WSC berth will be awarded to the winner of this event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that if the QT is eliminated then this section will be revised''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the 2015 World SCRABBLE Championship except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''This only applies if there is a QT for WSC 2015.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6849</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6849"/>
				<updated>2011-12-06T16:23:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* 3. Major Event Champion (One spot) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. The qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Championship (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* One spot on the Canadian team is reserved for the winner or highest Canadian finisher at a major championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. &lt;br /&gt;
* There are three potential major events but only one spot. As such they are listed below in descending order of importance. At this time it is not known which if any of the major events listed below will be held.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone earning a spot (or a potential spot) as a result of any of the major events listed below must accept that spot no later than one month after completion of the event in which the spot was earned, or by May 31, 2012 - whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
* The major events listed below are only applicable if they are held in Canada within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* The QP will not be extended to accomodate any of these events.&lt;br /&gt;
* David Boys and Adam Logan have already earned WSC 2013 berths as a result of WSC 2011 high finishes. As such, they will be assumed to decline any berth they may earn as a result of any of the major events listed below, and the next event in the hierarchy will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1. Canadian Collins Championship (CCC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* The winner of the first Canadian Collins Championship held within the QP will be awarded a berth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 2. Canadian TWL Champion (CNSC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* If no berth is awarded and '''accepted''' as a result of the CCC then the winner of the first CNSC held within the QP will be awarded a berth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 3. World Player's Championship (WPC) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* If no berth is awarded and  '''accepted''' as a result of any of the above (CCC, CNSC) then the highest Canadian finisher at the first WPC held in Canada within the QP will be awarded a berth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013. Some of those players will have carry-over votes from previous years.&lt;br /&gt;
* The remaining WSC berth will be awarded to the winner of this event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that if the QT is eliminated then this section will be revised''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the 2015 World SCRABBLE Championship except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''This only applies if there is a QT for WSC 2015.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6812</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6812"/>
				<updated>2011-11-10T01:18:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Qualification period (QP) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. The qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Event Champion (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is reserving one spot for the winner of a Major Championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. Which event will be chosen as the Major Event Qualifier has yet to be determined. However, it will almost certainly be one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - TWL (The usual Canadian Championship)&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - Collins (Canadian Collins Championship, should one be held)&lt;br /&gt;
* WPC  - World Player's Championship, should it be held in Toronto in 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details will follow once a decision has been finalized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of being awarded the spot or by May 31, 2013, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013. Some of those players will have carry-over votes from previous years.&lt;br /&gt;
* The remaining WSC berth will be awarded to the winner of this event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that if the QT is eliminated then this section will be revised''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the 2015 World SCRABBLE Championship except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''This only applies if there is a QT for WSC 2015.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6811</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6811"/>
				<updated>2011-11-10T01:12:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* 5. Qualification tournament (QT) - Undecided */  decided!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. If there is a qualification tournament, it will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Event Champion (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is reserving one spot for the winner of a Major Championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. Which event will be chosen as the Major Event Qualifier has yet to be determined. However, it will almost certainly be one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - TWL (The usual Canadian Championship)&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - Collins (Canadian Collins Championship, should one be held)&lt;br /&gt;
* WPC  - World Player's Championship, should it be held in Toronto in 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details will follow once a decision has been finalized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of being awarded the spot or by May 31, 2013, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013. Some of those players will have carry-over votes from previous years.&lt;br /&gt;
* The remaining WSC berth will be awarded to the winner of this event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that if the QT is eliminated then this section will be revised''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the 2015 World SCRABBLE Championship except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''This only applies if there is a QT for WSC 2015.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6810</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6810"/>
				<updated>2011-11-10T01:08:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* 4. Peak rating (PR) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. If there is a qualification tournament, it will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Event Champion (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is reserving one spot for the winner of a Major Championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. Which event will be chosen as the Major Event Qualifier has yet to be determined. However, it will almost certainly be one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - TWL (The usual Canadian Championship)&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - Collins (Canadian Collins Championship, should one be held)&lt;br /&gt;
* WPC  - World Player's Championship, should it be held in Toronto in 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details will follow once a decision has been finalized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of being awarded the spot or by May 31, 2013, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) - Undecided ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is currently debating the merits of holding a qualifying tournament. If there is to be one then the following will likely apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
* One WSC berth will be awarded to the winner of this event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that if the QT is eliminated then this section will be revised''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the 2015 World SCRABBLE Championship except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''This only applies if there is a QT for WSC 2015.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6800</id>
		<title>Canadian Committee</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6800"/>
				<updated>2011-11-02T01:42:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: 2013 qually system link and page cleaning&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The '''Canadian Committee''' is a [[NASPA]] [[committees|committee]] established in February 2009 to &lt;br /&gt;
manage matters pertaining solely to Canadian and not American players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To contact the Canadian Committee send an email to [mailto:naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#naspa:committee-members|canada}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rules Governing Canadian Committee Elections ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each year two CC positions will expire on December 31.  Prior to that date, there will be a nomination period for new candidates (lasting from September 1 to October 15).  During that time, all Canadian NASPA members in good standing may nominate themselves or have others nominate them to run for election to the CC.  The incumbents may also seek re-election.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each year the CC election period will run from November 1 to November 30.  All Canadian NASPA members in good standing may vote in this election.  An online voting system will be instituted.  (The CC will appoint a returning officer responsible for handling and counting ballots cast by voters who prefer to vote by paper ballot.)  All votes must be received by 11:59 p.m. on November 30.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each voter may vote for as many as two candidates on the ballot, but may only submit one ballot (either online or paper).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There is no limit to the number of candidates allowed to seek election each year.  In most cases the two candidates with the highest vote totals shall be elected to three-year terms that begin on the following January 1.  (Note: Because there are maximum and minimum regional requirements for the CC, a scenario might exist where candidates finishing worse than second in the election could win a spot ahead of candidates who finished with a greater total of votes.  Similarly, it is also possible for a candidate to win a CC spot by acclamation in a year when other candidates need to be elected. See [[Structure of Canadian Committee]] for further details.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an election ends in a tie that must be broken, a runoff election will be held.  Deadlines to submit votes will be announced as necessary.  If the runoff election ends in a tie, a lottery or coin toss will be used to break the tie.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Any disputes about the elections process will be decided by the CC members (excluding those running for re-election).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2011 Canadian Committee Election Candidates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nomination period for the 2011 CC election began on September 1 and ran until October 15.  Any Canadian NASPA member in good standing could have nominated himself/herself as a candidate or could have accepted a nomination from another Canadian NASPA member in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three Canadian NASPA members accepted nomnation for the 2011 CC election.  They are listed below alphabetically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lisa Kessler&lt;br /&gt;
* Carl Madden&lt;br /&gt;
* Siri Tillekeratne (incumbent) wins a seat by acclamation; see note #2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Incumbent David Boys, whose term expires at the end of 2011, did not seek reelection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Because Ontario already has two of the six CC members and, by rule, cannot have more than three members, Siri Tillekeratne (Western Canada) wins another term by acclamation because the other two nominees are both Ontarians.  The other two candidates will vie for the one remaining vacant seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mad Palazzo had originally accepted a nomination to run in the 2011 CC election, but formally withdrew from the process on October 22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidates' Platforms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lisa Kessler:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a life-long Scrabble enthusiast and club player for nearly 25 years, I've experienced being a newcomer, a rising expert, and am now a solid intermediate player, so I relate to all levels of player.  I've been committed to serving the Scrabble community since 1999 when I became co-director and treasurer of the Toronto Scrabble Club, and continue in those capacities today.  As well, I served on the NSA Advisory Board from 2002 - 2008.  As a transplanted American and now a proud Canadian, I know how American issues can overshadow our own, and recognize the importance of having a strong Canadian Committee.  Additionally, I bring a female perspective and voice to a historically all-male committee.  It would be my privilege to serve on the Canadian Committee of NASPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Carl Madden:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have been a competitive Scrabble player for more than two decades. I feel I have a lot to offer to the CC and I look forward to working with those members who presently hold their  positions. I would bring a firm, yet fair and youthful perspective to the committee which I believe it currently requires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Committee has the following items on its agenda:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organize and administer all apsects of the 2011 CC election process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine the 2011 CNSC qualification process and consider making revisions to that process for future CNSCs. &lt;br /&gt;
* Consider a ratings fee surcharge on Canadian tournaments to help fund Canadian WSC players.&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish a mechanism for communicating with Canadian Scrabble players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recent activity ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Preparing a qualification system for the Canadian team at the 2013 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]] ''in progress''&lt;br /&gt;
* June 13, 2011 was established as the qualification deadline for the 2011 Canadian WSC team.&lt;br /&gt;
* Established a permanent tie-breaking rule for all future CC elections.&lt;br /&gt;
* Amended the qualification rules for Canadians wishing to compete at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]] to account for NASPA's new SOWPODS rating list. &lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the Canadian team at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the 2011 [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Structure of Canadian Committee]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obsolete Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2010 Causeway Challenge Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Committees]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship Qualification System]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6799</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6799"/>
				<updated>2011-11-02T01:32:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: minor editing&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. If there is a qualification tournament, it will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Event Champion (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is reserving one spot for the winner of a Major Championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. Which event will be chosen as the Major Event Qualifier has yet to be determined. However, it will almost certainly be one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - TWL (The usual Canadian Championship)&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - Collins (Canadian Collins Championship, should one be held)&lt;br /&gt;
* WPC  - World Player's Championship, should it be held in Toronto in 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details will follow once a decision has been finalized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of being awarded the spot or by May 31, 2013, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot at most  will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) - Undecided ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is currently debating the merits of holding a qualifying tournament. If there is to be one then the following will likely apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
* One WSC berth will be awarded to the winner of this event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that if the QT is eliminated then this section will be revised''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the 2015 World SCRABBLE Championship except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''This only applies if there is a QT for WSC 2015.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6798</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6798"/>
				<updated>2011-11-02T01:15:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: Final Initial Draft&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. If there is a qualification tournament, it will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Event Champion (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is reserving one spot for the winner of a Major Championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. Which event will be chosen as the Major Event Qualifier has yet to be determined. However, it will almost certainly be one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - TWL (The usual Canadian Championship)&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - Collins (Canadian Collins Championship should one be held)&lt;br /&gt;
* WPC  - World Player's Championship should it be held in Toronto in 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details will follow once a decision has been finalized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of being awarded the spot or by May 31, 2013, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot at most  will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) - Undecided ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is currently debating the merits of holding a qualifying tournament. If there is to be one then the following will likely apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
* One WSC berth will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through any previous criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note that if the QT is eliminated then this section will be revised''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the 2015 World SCRABBLE Championship except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''This only applies if there is a QT for WSC 2015.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6797</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6797"/>
				<updated>2011-11-02T01:06:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adam Logan]]     &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joel Wapnick]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew Golding]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. If there is a qualification tournament, it will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment. No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 while representing Canada. Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion. Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Qualified under this criterion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Event Champion (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is reserving one spot for the winner of a Major Championship. This is the spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of the CNSC. Which event will be chosen as the Major Event Qualifier has yet to be determined. However, it will almost certainly be one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - TWL (The usual Canadian Championship)&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - Collins (Canadian Collins Championship should one be held)&lt;br /&gt;
* WPC  - World Player's Championship should it be held in Toronto in 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details will follow once a decision has been finalized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of being awarded the spot or by May 31, 2013, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot at most  will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. The remaining spots will be awarded based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR (QPR) will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) - Undecided ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is currently debating the merits of holding a qualifying tournament. If there is to be one then the following will likely apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in the summer of 2013, at a location to be determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
* One WSC berth will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through any previous criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2015 World SCRABBLE Championship]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
This only applies so long as there actually IS a QT for WSC 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6796</id>
		<title>2013 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2013_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_Qualification_System&amp;diff=6796"/>
				<updated>2011-11-02T00:47:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: Initial Page Creation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on November 1, 2011 and ends May 31, 2013. If there is a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qualification tournament, it will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada's player allotment for WSC 2013 is expected to be seven players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
No one from Canada is expected to receive a spot awarded by WESPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots are awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2011 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2011 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two players have qualified under this criterion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     9th place&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] 13th place&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Both Adam and David have accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (not applicable for 2013) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Major Event Champion (One spot) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is reserving one spot for the winner of a Major Championship. This is the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spot that in years past has been awarded to the winner of&lt;br /&gt;
the CNSC. Which event will be chosen as the Major Event Qualifier has yet to be determined.&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will almost certainly be one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - TWL (The usual Canadian Championship)&lt;br /&gt;
* CNSC - Collins (Canadian Collins Championship should one be held)&lt;br /&gt;
* WPC  - World Player's Championship should it be held in Toronto in 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details to follow once a decision has been finalized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
being awarded the spot or by May 31, 2013, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spot at most  will be reserved for a qualifying tournament. The remaining spots will be awarded &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only NASPA ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PR.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2013.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s TWL PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
played at least 34 TWL games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Collins PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
played at least 34 Collins games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
* A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s Qualifying PR will be the higher of their TWL PR and Collins PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QPR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# NASPA Collins Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 34 fully rated games in the QP&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP (eg PR before 34 games)&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Second highest rating can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) - Undecided ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Canadian Committee is currently debating the merits of holding a qualifying tournament. If there &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is to be one then the following will likely apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2013, at a location to be &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
determined by a vote by players registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
* One WSC berth will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
through any previous criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered for the qualification process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan      &lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Tony Leah&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2015 World SCRABBLE Championship]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
except through the QT. &lt;br /&gt;
This only applies so long as there actually IS a QT for WSC 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6715</id>
		<title>Canadian Committee</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6715"/>
				<updated>2011-10-22T19:03:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* WSC 2013 Qualification System */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The '''Canadian Committee''' is a [[NASPA]] [[committees|committee]] established in February 2009 to &lt;br /&gt;
manage matters pertaining solely to Canadian and not American players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To contact the Canadian Committee send an email to [mailto:naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#naspa:committee-members|canada}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rules Governing Canadian Committee Elections ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each year two CC positions will expire on December 31.  Prior to that date, there will be a nomination period for new candidates (lasting from September 1 to October 15).  During that time, all Canadian NASPA members in good standing may nominate themselves or have others nominate them to run for election to the CC.  The incumbents may also seek re-election.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each year the CC election period will run from November 1 to November 30.  All Canadian NASPA members in good standing may vote in this election.  An online voting system will be instituted.  (The CC will appoint a returning officer responsible for handling and counting ballots cast by voters who prefer to vote by paper ballot.)  All votes must be received by 11:59 p.m. on November 30.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each voter may vote for as many as two candidates on the ballot, but may only submit one ballot (either online or paper).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There is no limit to the number of candidates allowed to seek election each year.  In most cases the two candidates with the highest vote totals shall be elected to three-year terms that begin on the following January 1.  (Note: Because there are maximum and minimum regional requirements for the CC, a scenario might exist where candidates finishing worse than second in the election could win a spot ahead of candidates who finished with a greater total of votes.  Similarly, it is also possible for a candidate to win a CC spot by acclamation in a year when other candidates need to be elected. See [[Structure of Canadian Committee]] for further details.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an election ends in a tie that must be broken, a runoff election will be held.  Deadlines to submit votes will be announced as necessary.  If the runoff election ends in a tie, a lottery or coin toss will be used to break the tie.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Any disputes about the elections process will be decided by the CC members (excluding those running for re-election).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2011 Canadian Committee Election Nominees ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nomination period for the 2011 CC election began on September 1 and ran until October 15.  Any Canadian NASPA member in good standing could have nominated himself/herself as a candidate or could have been nominated by another Canadian NASPA member in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following three Canadian NASPA members have asked that their names appear on the ballot for the 2011 CC election.  They are listed below alphabetically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lisa Kessler&lt;br /&gt;
* Carl Madden&lt;br /&gt;
* Siri Tillekeratne (incumbent) wins a seat by acclamation; see note #2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Incumbent David Boys, whose term expires at the end of 2011, did not seek reelection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Because Ontario already has two of the six CC members and, by rule, cannot have more than three members, Siri Tillekeratne (Western Canada) wins another term by acclamation because the other two nominees are both Ontarians.  The other two candidates will vie for the one remaining vacant seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mad Palazzo had originally accepted a nomination to run in the 2011 CC election, but formally withdrew from the process on October 22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Committee has the following items on its agenda:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organize and administer the 2011 CC election, begininng with the nomination process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine the 2011 CNSC qualification process and consider making revisions to that process for future CNSCs. &lt;br /&gt;
* Consider a ratings fee surcharge on Canadian tournaments to help fund Canadian WSC players.&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish a mechanism for communicating with Canadian Scrabble players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recent activity ==&lt;br /&gt;
* June 13, 2011 was established as the qualification deadline for the 2011 Canadian WSC team.&lt;br /&gt;
* Established a permanent tie-breaking rule for all future CC elections.&lt;br /&gt;
* Amended the qualification rules for Canadians wishing to compete at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]] to account for NASPA's new SOWPODS rating list. &lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the Canadian team at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the 2011 [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== WSC 2013 Qualification System ==&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification system for the 2013 World Scrabble Championship will be finalised shortly. It will not be significantly different from that of 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically there will continue to be berths awarded by the following criteria:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* WSC 2011 top 1/4 finishers (Max of three or four depending on Canada's 2013 allotment) - Adam Logan and David Boys have qualified under this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Canadian Champion (undecided which lexicon's champion will be used)&lt;br /&gt;
* Peak Rating - Qualifying period begins November 1, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qualification Tournament  (one or two spots)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2010 Causeway Challenge Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Committees]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Structure of Canadian Committee]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6686</id>
		<title>Canadian Committee</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6686"/>
				<updated>2011-10-07T18:52:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* WSC 2013 Qualification System */  typo fix&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The '''Canadian Committee''' is a [[NASPA]] [[committees|committee]] established in February 2009 to &lt;br /&gt;
manage matters pertaining solely to Canadian and not American players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To contact the Canadian Committee send an email to [mailto:naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#naspa:committee-members|canada}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rules Governing Canadian Committee Elections ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each year two CC positions will expire on December 31.  Prior to that date, there will be a nomination period for new candidates (lasting from September 1 to October 15).  During that time, all Canadian NASPA members in good standing may nominate themselves or have others nominate them to run for election to the CC.  The incumbents may also seek re-election.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each year the CC election period will run from November 1 to November 30.  All Canadian NASPA members in good standing may vote in this election.  An online voting system will be instituted.  (The CC will appoint a returning officer responsible for handling and counting ballots cast by voters who prefer to vote by paper ballot.)  All votes must be received by 11:59 p.m. on November 30.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each voter may vote for as many as two candidates on the ballot, but may only submit one ballot (either online or paper).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There is no limit to the number of candidates allowed to seek election each year.  In most cases the two candidates with the highest vote totals shall be elected to three-year terms that begin on the following January 1.  (Note: Because there are maximum and minimum regional requirements for the CC, a scenario might exist where candidates finishing worse than second in the election could win a spot ahead of candidates who finished with a greater total of votes.  Similarly, it is also possible for a candidate to win a CC spot by acclamation in a year when other candidates need to be elected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an election ends in a tie that must be broken, a runoff election will be held.  Deadlines to submit votes will be announced as necessary.  If the runoff election ends in a tie, a lottery or coin toss will be used to break the tie.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Any disputes about the elections process will be decided by the CC members (excluding those running for re-election).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2011 Canadian Committee Election Nominees ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nomination period for the 2011 CC election began on September 1.  It runs until October 15.  Any Canadian NASPA member in good standing may nominate himself/herself as a candidate or be nominated by another Canadian NASPA member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To date, the following Canadian NASPA members have asked that their names be put on the ballot for the 2011 CC election.  They are listed below alphabetically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lisa Kessler&lt;br /&gt;
* Carl Madden&lt;br /&gt;
* Mad Palazzo&lt;br /&gt;
* Siri Tillekeratne (incumbent)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:  Incumbent David Boys, whose term expires at the end of 2011, has indicated that he will not seek reelection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Committee has the following items on its agenda:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organize and administer the 2011 CC election, begininng with the nomination process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine the 2011 CNSC qualification process and consider making revisions to that process for future CNSCs. &lt;br /&gt;
* Consider a ratings fee surcharge on Canadian tournaments to help fund Canadian WSC players.&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish a mechanism for communicating with Canadian Scrabble players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recent activity ==&lt;br /&gt;
* June 13, 2011 was established as the qualification deadline for the 2011 Canadian WSC team.&lt;br /&gt;
* Established a permanent tie-breaking rule for all future CC elections.&lt;br /&gt;
* Amended the qualification rules for Canadians wishing to compete at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]] to account for NASPA's new SOWPODS rating list. &lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the Canadian team at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the 2011 [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== WSC 2013 Qualification System ==&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification system for the 2013 World Scrabble Championship will be finalised shortly. It will not be significantly different from that of 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically there will continue to be berths awarded by the following criteria:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* WSC 2011 top 1/4 finishers (Max of three or four depending on Canada's 2013 allotment).&lt;br /&gt;
* Canadian Champion (undecided which lexicon's champion will be used)&lt;br /&gt;
* Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
* Qualification Tournament&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2010 Causeway Challenge Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Committees]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Structure of Canadian Committee]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6685</id>
		<title>Canadian Committee</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6685"/>
				<updated>2011-10-07T17:17:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* WSC 2013 Qualification System */  cosmetic&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The '''Canadian Committee''' is a [[NASPA]] [[committees|committee]] established in February 2009 to &lt;br /&gt;
manage matters pertaining solely to Canadian and not American players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To contact the Canadian Committee send an email to [mailto:naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#naspa:committee-members|canada}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rules Governing Canadian Committee Elections ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each year two CC positions will expire on December 31.  Prior to that date, there will be a nomination period for new candidates (lasting from September 1 to October 15).  During that time, all Canadian NASPA members in good standing may nominate themselves or have others nominate them to run for election to the CC.  The incumbents may also seek re-election.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each year the CC election period will run from November 1 to November 30.  All Canadian NASPA members in good standing may vote in this election.  An online voting system will be instituted.  (The CC will appoint a returning officer responsible for handling and counting ballots cast by voters who prefer to vote by paper ballot.)  All votes must be received by 11:59 p.m. on November 30.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each voter may vote for as many as two candidates on the ballot, but may only submit one ballot (either online or paper).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There is no limit to the number of candidates allowed to seek election each year.  In most cases the two candidates with the highest vote totals shall be elected to three-year terms that begin on the following January 1.  (Note: Because there are maximum and minimum regional requirements for the CC, a scenario might exist where candidates finishing worse than second in the election could win a spot ahead of candidates who finished with a greater total of votes.  Similarly, it is also possible for a candidate to win a CC spot by acclamation in a year when other candidates need to be elected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an election ends in a tie that must be broken, a runoff election will be held.  Deadlines to submit votes will be announced as necessary.  If the runoff election ends in a tie, a lottery or coin toss will be used to break the tie.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Any disputes about the elections process will be decided by the CC members (excluding those running for re-election).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2011 Canadian Committee Election Nominees ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nomination period for the 2011 CC election began on September 1.  It runs until October 15.  Any Canadian NASPA member in good standing may nominate himself/herself as a candidate or be nominated by another Canadian NASPA member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To date, the following Canadian NASPA members have asked that their names be put on the ballot for the 2011 CC election.  They are listed below alphabetically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lisa Kessler&lt;br /&gt;
* Carl Madden&lt;br /&gt;
* Mad Palazzo&lt;br /&gt;
* Siri Tillekeratne (incumbent)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:  Incumbent David Boys, whose term expires at the end of 2011, has indicated that he will not seek reelection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Committee has the following items on its agenda:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organize and administer the 2011 CC election, begininng with the nomination process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine the 2011 CNSC qualification process and consider making revisions to that process for future CNSCs. &lt;br /&gt;
* Consider a ratings fee surcharge on Canadian tournaments to help fund Canadian WSC players.&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish a mechanism for communicating with Canadian Scrabble players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recent activity ==&lt;br /&gt;
* June 13, 2011 was established as the qualification deadline for the 2011 Canadian WSC team.&lt;br /&gt;
* Established a permanent tie-breaking rule for all future CC elections.&lt;br /&gt;
* Amended the qualification rules for Canadians wishing to compete at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]] to account for NASPA's new SOWPODS rating list. &lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the Canadian team at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the 2011 [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== WSC 2013 Qualification System ==&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification system for the 2013 World Scrabble Championship will be finalised shortly. It will not be significantly different from that of 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically there will continue to be berths awarded by hte following criteria:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* WSC 2011 top 1/4 finishers (Max of three or four depending on Canada's 2013 allotment).&lt;br /&gt;
* Canadian Champion (undecided which lexicon's champion will be used)&lt;br /&gt;
* Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
* Qualification Tournament&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2010 Causeway Challenge Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Committees]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Structure of Canadian Committee]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6684</id>
		<title>Canadian Committee</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=Canadian_Committee&amp;diff=6684"/>
				<updated>2011-10-07T17:13:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: Brief outline of 2013 WSC qually criteria to be used&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The '''Canadian Committee''' is a [[NASPA]] [[committees|committee]] established in February 2009 to &lt;br /&gt;
manage matters pertaining solely to Canadian and not American players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To contact the Canadian Committee send an email to [mailto:naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com naspa-canada@yahoogroups.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#naspa:committee-members|canada}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rules Governing Canadian Committee Elections ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each year two CC positions will expire on December 31.  Prior to that date, there will be a nomination period for new candidates (lasting from September 1 to October 15).  During that time, all Canadian NASPA members in good standing may nominate themselves or have others nominate them to run for election to the CC.  The incumbents may also seek re-election.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each year the CC election period will run from November 1 to November 30.  All Canadian NASPA members in good standing may vote in this election.  An online voting system will be instituted.  (The CC will appoint a returning officer responsible for handling and counting ballots cast by voters who prefer to vote by paper ballot.)  All votes must be received by 11:59 p.m. on November 30.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each voter may vote for as many as two candidates on the ballot, but may only submit one ballot (either online or paper).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There is no limit to the number of candidates allowed to seek election each year.  In most cases the two candidates with the highest vote totals shall be elected to three-year terms that begin on the following January 1.  (Note: Because there are maximum and minimum regional requirements for the CC, a scenario might exist where candidates finishing worse than second in the election could win a spot ahead of candidates who finished with a greater total of votes.  Similarly, it is also possible for a candidate to win a CC spot by acclamation in a year when other candidates need to be elected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an election ends in a tie that must be broken, a runoff election will be held.  Deadlines to submit votes will be announced as necessary.  If the runoff election ends in a tie, a lottery or coin toss will be used to break the tie.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Any disputes about the elections process will be decided by the CC members (excluding those running for re-election).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2011 Canadian Committee Election Nominees ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nomination period for the 2011 CC election began on September 1.  It runs until October 15.  Any Canadian NASPA member in good standing may nominate himself/herself as a candidate or be nominated by another Canadian NASPA member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To date, the following Canadian NASPA members have asked that their names be put on the ballot for the 2011 CC election.  They are listed below alphabetically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lisa Kessler&lt;br /&gt;
* Carl Madden&lt;br /&gt;
* Mad Palazzo&lt;br /&gt;
* Siri Tillekeratne (incumbent)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:  Incumbent David Boys, whose term expires at the end of 2011, has indicated that he will not seek reelection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Committee has the following items on its agenda:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organize and administer the 2011 CC election, begininng with the nomination process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine the 2011 CNSC qualification process and consider making revisions to that process for future CNSCs. &lt;br /&gt;
* Consider a ratings fee surcharge on Canadian tournaments to help fund Canadian WSC players.&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish a mechanism for communicating with Canadian Scrabble players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recent activity ==&lt;br /&gt;
* June 13, 2011 was established as the qualification deadline for the 2011 Canadian WSC team.&lt;br /&gt;
* Established a permanent tie-breaking rule for all future CC elections.&lt;br /&gt;
* Amended the qualification rules for Canadians wishing to compete at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]] to account for NASPA's new SOWPODS rating list. &lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the Canadian team at the 2011 [[World SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepared a qualification system for the 2011 [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== WSC 2013 Qualification System ==&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification system for the 2013 World Scrabble Championship will be finalised shortly. It will not be significantly different from that of 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically there will continue to be berths awarded by hte following criteria:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* WSC 2011 top 1/4 finishers (Max of three or four depending on Canada's 2013 allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Canadian Champion (undecided which lexicon's champion will be used)&lt;br /&gt;
* Peak Rating&lt;br /&gt;
* Qualification Tournament&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2010 Causeway Challenge Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Committees]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship Qualification System]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Structure of Canadian Committee]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6356</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6356"/>
				<updated>2011-07-23T12:44:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Qualifiers and Alterantes FINAL */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualifiers and Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  WSC 2009&lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   WSC 2009&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     PR            &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]  PR         &lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha  PR          &lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball      PR&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha QT&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding  QT                &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternates (in order)===&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra    &lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews  &lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Tournament ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification tournament will be held July 30-31 in Montreal. &lt;br /&gt;
* The exact location will be determined once the number of players is known, and will be announced on July 18th.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone eligible to represent Canada at the WSC may play in this event, provided s/he has not already earned a berth on the Canadian team. &lt;br /&gt;
* Registration will be limited 20 players on a first-come first-served basis - anyone wishing to register after the tournament is full will be put on a waiting list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Registrations from non-NASPA members will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* For further information or to register please contact [[David Boys]] at [mailto:dwb@magma.ca dwb@magma.ca].&lt;br /&gt;
* The registration deadline is July 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* A nominal entry fee of $20 will be charged, which can be paid at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results ===&lt;br /&gt;
As of the registration deadline, the following players had registered to play in the qualifying tournament:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point Sinnadurai conceded first and second place to Andrew and Dielle. As such the QT will not be held this year.&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of determining the alternate, Sinna is treated as having conceded, rather than having withdrawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6355</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6355"/>
				<updated>2011-07-23T12:44:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Registered Players and Standings */  Change for final list&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualifiers and Alterantes FINAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]]  WSC 2009&lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   WSC 2009&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan     PR            &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]  PR         &lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha  PR          &lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball      PR&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha QT&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding  QT                &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternates (in order)===&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra    &lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews  &lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Tournament ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification tournament will be held July 30-31 in Montreal. &lt;br /&gt;
* The exact location will be determined once the number of players is known, and will be announced on July 18th.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone eligible to represent Canada at the WSC may play in this event, provided s/he has not already earned a berth on the Canadian team. &lt;br /&gt;
* Registration will be limited 20 players on a first-come first-served basis - anyone wishing to register after the tournament is full will be put on a waiting list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Registrations from non-NASPA members will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* For further information or to register please contact [[David Boys]] at [mailto:dwb@magma.ca dwb@magma.ca].&lt;br /&gt;
* The registration deadline is July 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* A nominal entry fee of $20 will be charged, which can be paid at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results ===&lt;br /&gt;
As of the registration deadline, the following players had registered to play in the qualifying tournament:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point Sinnadurai conceded first and second place to Andrew and Dielle. As such the QT will not be held this year.&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of determining the alternate, Sinna is treated as having conceded, rather than having withdrawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6354</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6354"/>
				<updated>2011-07-23T12:39:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Who Is Playing? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via Peak Rating ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternates ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Tournament ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification tournament will be held July 30-31 in Montreal. &lt;br /&gt;
* The exact location will be determined once the number of players is known, and will be announced on July 18th.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone eligible to represent Canada at the WSC may play in this event, provided s/he has not already earned a berth on the Canadian team. &lt;br /&gt;
* Registration will be limited 20 players on a first-come first-served basis - anyone wishing to register after the tournament is full will be put on a waiting list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Registrations from non-NASPA members will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* For further information or to register please contact [[David Boys]] at [mailto:dwb@magma.ca dwb@magma.ca].&lt;br /&gt;
* The registration deadline is July 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* A nominal entry fee of $20 will be charged, which can be paid at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Results ===&lt;br /&gt;
As of the registration deadline, the following players had registered to play in the qualifying tournament:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point Sinnadurai conceded first and second place to Andrew and Dielle. As such the QT will not be held this year.&lt;br /&gt;
For the purposes of determining the alternate, Sinna is treated as having conceded, rather than having withdrawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6332</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6332"/>
				<updated>2011-07-17T12:30:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Who Is Playing? */  Ron H drops out&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via Peak Rating ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternates ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Tournament ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification tournament will be held July 30-31 in Montreal. &lt;br /&gt;
* The exact location will be determined once the number of players is known, and will be announced on July 18th.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone eligible to represent Canada at the WSC may play in this event, provided s/he has not already earned a berth on the Canadian team. &lt;br /&gt;
* Registration will be limited 20 players on a first-come first-served basis - anyone wishing to register after the tournament is full will be put on a waiting list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Registrations from non-NASPA members will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* For further information or to register please contact [[David Boys]] at [mailto:dwb@magma.ca dwb@magma.ca].&lt;br /&gt;
* The registration deadline is July 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* A nominal entry fee of $20 will be charged, which can be paid at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Who Is Playing? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered to play in the qualifying tournament:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6265</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6265"/>
				<updated>2011-06-24T19:04:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Qualification Tournament */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via Peak Rating ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternates ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Tournament ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification tournament will be held July 30-31 in Montreal. &lt;br /&gt;
* The exact location will be determined once the number of players is known, and will be announced on July 18th.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone eligible to represent Canada at the WSC may play in this event, provided s/he has not already earned a berth on the Canadian team. &lt;br /&gt;
* Registration will be limited 20 players on a first-come first-served basis - anyone wishing to register after the tournament is full will be put on a waiting list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Registrations from non-NASPA members will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* For further information or to register please contact [[David Boys]] at [mailto:dwb@magma.ca dwb@magma.ca].&lt;br /&gt;
* The registration deadline is July 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* A nominal entry fee of $20 will be charged, which can be paid at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Who Is Playing? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered to play in the qualifying tournament:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6264</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6264"/>
				<updated>2011-06-24T19:03:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Qualification Tournament */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via Peak Rating ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternates ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Tournament ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification tournament will be held July 30-31 in Montreal. &lt;br /&gt;
* The exact location will be determined once the number of players is known, and will be announced on July 18th.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone eligible to represent Canada at the WSC may play in this event, provided s/he has not already earned a berth on the Canadian team. &lt;br /&gt;
* Registration will be limited 20 players on a first-come first-served basis - anyone wishing to register after the tournament is full will be put on a waiting list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Registrations from non-NASPA members will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* To register, send an email to [[David Boys]] at [mailto:dwb@magma.ca dwb@magma.ca].&lt;br /&gt;
* The registration deadline is July 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* A nominal entry fee of $20 will be charged, which can be paid at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Who Is Playing? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered to play in the qualifying tournament:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6263</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6263"/>
				<updated>2011-06-24T19:01:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Qualification Tournament */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via Peak Rating ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternates ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Tournament ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification tournament will be held July 30-31 in Montreal. &lt;br /&gt;
* The exact location will be determined once the number of players is known, and will be announced on July 18th.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone eligible to represent Canada at the WSC may play in this event, provided s/he has not already earned a berth on the Canadian team. &lt;br /&gt;
* Registration will be limited 20 players on a first-come first-served basis - anyone wishing to register after the tournament is full will be put on a waiting list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Registrations from non-NASPA members will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* To register, send an email to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
* The registration deadline is July 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* A nominal entry fee of $20 will be charged, which can be paid at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Who Is Playing? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered to play in the qualifying tournament:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6262</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6262"/>
				<updated>2011-06-24T18:58:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via Peak Rating ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternates ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Tournament ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification tournament will be held July 30-31 in Montreal. &lt;br /&gt;
* The exact location will be determined once the number of players is known, and will be announced on July 18th.&lt;br /&gt;
* Anyone eligible to represent Canada at the WSC may play in this event, provided s/he has not already earned a berth on the Canadian team. &lt;br /&gt;
* Registration will be limited 20 players on a first come first serve basis - anyone wishing to register after that will be put on a waiting list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Registrations from non-NASPA members will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* To register send an email to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
* The registration deadline is July 17, 2011 &lt;br /&gt;
* A nominal entry fee of $20 will be charged, which can be paid at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Who Is Playing? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered to play in the qualifying tournament:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6261</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6261"/>
				<updated>2011-06-24T18:38:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Registered Players and Standings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via Peak Rating ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Alternates ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6229</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6229"/>
				<updated>2011-06-17T20:02:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Eligible to win berth based on CNSC ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered on time to be eligible to earn a berth by virtue of winning the 2011 CNSC, but are not eligible to win a berth based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jeremy Hildebrand&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Ozorio&lt;br /&gt;
* Andy Saunders&lt;br /&gt;
* Eric Tran&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 17th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6228</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6228"/>
				<updated>2011-06-17T20:01:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Peak Rating Standings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1857&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Eligible to win berth based on CNSC ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered on time to be eligible to earn a berth by virtue of winning the 2011 CNSC, but are not eligible to win a berth based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jeremy Hildebrand&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Ozorio&lt;br /&gt;
* Andy Saunders&lt;br /&gt;
* Eric Tran&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 8th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6157</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6157"/>
				<updated>2011-06-08T16:57:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1848&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Eligible to win berth based on CNSC ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered on time to be eligible to earn a berth by virtue of winning the 2011 CNSC, but are not eligible to win a berth based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jeremy Hildebrand&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Ozorio&lt;br /&gt;
* Andy Saunders&lt;br /&gt;
* Eric Tran&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on June 8th, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6101</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6101"/>
				<updated>2011-05-30T16:54:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Eligible to win berth based on CNSC */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1848&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Eligible to win berth based on CNSC ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered on time to be eligible to earn a berth by virtue of winning the 2011 CNSC, but are not eligible to win a berth based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jeremy Hildebrand&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Ozorio&lt;br /&gt;
* Andy Saunders&lt;br /&gt;
* Eric Tran&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on May 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6048</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6048"/>
				<updated>2011-05-18T13:32:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Eligible to win berth based on CNSC */ Add Steve Ozorio&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1848&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Eligible to win berth based on CNSC ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered on time to be eligible to earn a berth by virtue of winning the 2011 CNSC, but are not eligible to win a berth based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jeremy Hildebrand&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Ozorio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on May 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6047</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6047"/>
				<updated>2011-05-17T17:38:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Registered Players and Standings */ Jeremy H only eligible for CNSC berth&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1848&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Eligible to win berth based on CNSC ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following players have registered on time to be eligible to earn a berth by virtue of winning the 2011 CNSC, but are not eligible to win a berth based on Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jeremy Hildebrand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on May 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6046</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6046"/>
				<updated>2011-05-17T17:29:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Registered Players and Standings */ Add Jeremy Hildebrand&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1848&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Jeremy Hildebrand       1771&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on May 17, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6041</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6041"/>
				<updated>2011-05-16T20:24:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Registered Players and Standings */  Updated after oregon Tile&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2100&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1897&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1848&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on May 16, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6035</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6035"/>
				<updated>2011-05-12T20:16:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Notes */  last updated may 12!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2068&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on May 12, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6034</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6034"/>
				<updated>2011-05-12T20:13:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Peak Rating Standings */  move Adam from &amp;quot;Other&amp;quot; list to PR Standings as he has now met the participatioin requirement.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan              2068&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1804&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 28, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6033</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=6033"/>
				<updated>2011-05-12T20:12:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Other Registered Players */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 28, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_Canadian_National_SCRABBLE_Championship_qualification_system&amp;diff=6028</id>
		<title>2011 Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_Canadian_National_SCRABBLE_Championship_qualification_system&amp;diff=6028"/>
				<updated>2011-05-09T22:57:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Eligibility */  Amendment removed after AB appeal&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== '''Preamble''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* A total of 52 entrants will qualify to compete at the next [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship]] (CNSC).&lt;br /&gt;
* This event will take place in Toronto from June 10 to 13,  2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Eligibility''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must be Canadian citizens or permanent residents of Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must meet the minimum participation requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
* IMPORTANT!  Anyone likely to be in the top 48 in the qualification standings should contact John Chew no later than March 31, 2011.  A $75 cheque  payable to John Chew must be submitted by any player who is in the top 48 by peak rating.  Those below the 48th spot are encouraged to forward a cheque, but are not required to do so. (Those who fail to qualify will have their cheques returned or destroyed.)  Any player in the top 48 who does not indicate interest in participating in the 2011 CNSC by March 31 will be assumed to have declined and will be ineligible to participate in the qualifying tournaments. Please see the 2011 CNSC event page for further details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Qualification period''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* As announced at CNSC 2008, the qualification period (QP) began immediately following CNSC 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification period for the 2011 CNSC ended on March 27, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following rules had been  established for CNSC qualification periods...&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
* The QP will end four months before the start date of the CNSC or one month after the official announcement of the CNSC, whichever comes later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: If the CNSC is announced one month or less from its start date then the QP will end immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tournaments in progress at the end of the QP will be considered to have fallen within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Defending CNSC champion''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Adam Logan]] receives an automatic berth as defending champion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Participation requirement''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to qualify for any of the remaining 51 berths must meet a minimum participation requirement. Players will be credited for rated NSA or NASPA tournament games played and directed within the qualification period. This requirement varies from province to province and is based upon each player's primary residence: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ontario and outside Canada: 40 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Alberta, BC, and Quebec: 30 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Manitoba and Saskatchewan: 20 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Maritimes, Newfoundland, and Territories: 10 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* The maximum amount of credit any one player may receive for directing is 1/2 of that player's minimum requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
* No credit will be given for games directed in tournaments in which the director also played.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Peak rating''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next 47 berths will be awarded based on peak rating (PR).&lt;br /&gt;
A player's PR is defined as his or her highest rating that satisfies the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It is achieved in an open rated tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not achieved before the tournament in which the participation requirement has been met.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is achieved in the last 18 months of the qualification period.&lt;br /&gt;
* It may be either a TWL rating or a (NASPA) Collins rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players have the same PR, then the tie will be broken by each player's second highest PR eligible rating.&lt;br /&gt;
If still tied then the tie will be broken by drawing of lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Qualifying tournaments''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the intention of the Canadian Committee to award the four remaining berths based on two qualifying tournaments (QTs). However, either or both of these QTs may be cancelled if, for reasons of logistics or practicality, the process becomes unworkable.  In that event, the berths that would have been awarded based on the cancelled QT(s) will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs will be held after the 47 PR berths have been awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
* One QT will be held in western Canada. The other will be held in eastern Canada.  (The Ontario-Manitoba border is the regional dividing line.)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sites, dates, and formats of the QTs will be announced in due time.  &lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs may be held in conjunction with other Scrabble events.&lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs will be restricted to players who have not already qualified for the CNSC.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Only players who are eligible to play in the CNSC and who intend to play in the CNSC will be allowed to compete in the QTs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players may compete in only one QT, not both.&lt;br /&gt;
* All QT participants must meet the same minimum participation requirements as those who qualified based on peak rating.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no minimum PR requirement to play in a QT, but interested players must notify the director in advance to confirm their intention to play in a QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* The director of each QT has the right to limit the number of entrants based on the size of the venue.  The director of the QT will determine and announce which criteria (PR or first-come-first-served) will be used to enforce this limit.&lt;br /&gt;
* The top two finishers at each QT will receive CNSC berths.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any ties in the QTs will be broken by PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''2011 Qualifying tournament hosts''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following clubs will host the regional qualifying tournaments for the 2011 CNSC in May.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Regional QT:&lt;br /&gt;
Club #471 (Cambridge, ON); the one-day event will be held on Saturday, May 14 in Valens, ON.  See flyer on cross-tables.com for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Regional QT:&lt;br /&gt;
Calgary, AB; the two-day event will be held on May 7-8.  See flyer on cross-tables.com for details.  (CNSC berths were won by Jeff Parsons and Betty Bergeron.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who compete in QTs must meet the same requirements as those who qualified for the CNSC based on peak rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players may compete in either QT, but not both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Current standings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Current &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/cnsc/qual.shtml qualification standings]&lt;br /&gt;
will be updated regularly until the close of the qualification&lt;br /&gt;
period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Alternates''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a ruling by the NASPA Advisory Board on May 8, 2011, James Leong is slotted as the first alternate in case any of the players who have accepted berths in the CNSC decide to withdraw.  Below is the list of the top ten alternates in the order they would be chosen (based upon their respective peak ratings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* James Leong&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando&lt;br /&gt;
* Curtis Kowalski (y$)&lt;br /&gt;
* Carl Madden&lt;br /&gt;
* Kevin Turner&lt;br /&gt;
* Sary Karanofsky&lt;br /&gt;
* Lydia Keras&lt;br /&gt;
* Roger Cullman (y$)&lt;br /&gt;
* Heather McCall (y$)&lt;br /&gt;
* Lilla Sinanan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A (y$) designation means the player has indicated interest in participating in the CNSC but has not yet forwarded an entry fee.  Such a player was initially far down the alternates' list and was specifically told that prepayment of an entry fee was not required.  Thus he/she is still eligible to be on the alternates' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Others below Lilla Sinanan will be added to this list as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Standbys''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of one of the 52 players withdrawing from the event on very short notice or if there is a no-show on June 10, a standby will be used to fill the vacancy only in a case where it is impractical to notify an alternate.  Hopeful players are therefore welcome to be present at starting time on June 10 to act as standbys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standby players will be selected in order of PR standings with ties broken by their current NASPA ratings. Any further ties will be broken by a lottery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All standbys must meet the event's Canadian citizenship or residency requirement and be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Disputes''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the application or interpretation of any of the above rules and guidelines will be resolved by the Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5991</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5991"/>
				<updated>2011-05-04T17:48:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Peak Rating Standings */  max panitch removed at his request&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 28, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_Canadian_National_SCRABBLE_Championship_qualification_system&amp;diff=5990</id>
		<title>2011 Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_Canadian_National_SCRABBLE_Championship_qualification_system&amp;diff=5990"/>
				<updated>2011-05-04T01:12:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Eligibility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== '''Preamble''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* A total of 52 entrants will qualify to compete at the next [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship]] (CNSC).&lt;br /&gt;
* This event will take place in Toronto from June 10 to 13,  2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Eligibility''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must be Canadian citizens or permanent residents of Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must meet the minimum participation requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
* IMPORTANT!  Anyone likely to be in the top 48 in the qualification standings should contact John Chew no later than March 31, 2011.  A $75 cheque  payable to John Chew must be submitted by any player who is in the top 48 by peak rating.  Those below the 48th spot are encouraged to forward a cheque, but are not required to do so. (Those who fail to qualify will have their cheques returned or destroyed.)  Any player in the top 48 who does not indicate interest in participating in the 2011 CNSC by March 31 will be assumed to have declined and will be ineligible to participate in the qualifying tournaments. Please see the 2011 CNSC event page for further details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ELIGIBILTY AMENDMENT: By a special vote of the Canadian Committee held in late April, any player(s) who missed the deadline for submitting a $75 payment will be added as an alternate to the CNSC, once a payment has been received by John Chew. Late payees will be added to the alternate list in order of Peak Rating. The exact wording of the amendment was as follows: The following policy will take effect only AFTER the 48th PR (47+Adam really) spot has been accepted by a player who followed the original rules/deadlines: Should a spot become available (for any reason) then it will be awarded to the highest PR on the list whose deposit has been received by the time that spot becomes available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Qualification period''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* As announced at CNSC 2008, the qualification period (QP) began immediately following CNSC 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification period for the 2011 CNSC ended on March 27, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following rules had been  established for CNSC qualification periods...&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
* The QP will end four months before the start date of the CNSC or one month after the official announcement of the CNSC, whichever comes later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: If the CNSC is announced one month or less from its start date then the QP will end immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tournaments in progress at the end of the QP will be considered to have fallen within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Defending CNSC champion''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Adam Logan]] receives an automatic berth as defending champion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Participation requirement''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to qualify for any of the remaining 51 berths must meet a minimum participation requirement. Players will be credited for rated NSA or NASPA tournament games played and directed within the qualification period. This requirement varies from province to province and is based upon each player's primary residence: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ontario and outside Canada: 40 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Alberta, BC, and Quebec: 30 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Manitoba and Saskatchewan: 20 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Maritimes, Newfoundland, and Territories: 10 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* The maximum amount of credit any one player may receive for directing is 1/2 of that player's minimum requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
* No credit will be given for games directed in tournaments in which the director also played.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Peak rating''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next 47 berths will be awarded based on peak rating (PR).&lt;br /&gt;
A player's PR is defined as his or her highest rating that satisfies the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It is achieved in an open rated tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not achieved before the tournament in which the participation requirement has been met.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is achieved in the last 18 months of the qualification period.&lt;br /&gt;
* It may be either a TWL rating or a (NASPA) Collins rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players have the same PR, then the tie will be broken by each player's second highest PR eligible rating.&lt;br /&gt;
If still tied then the tie will be broken by drawing of lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Qualifying tournaments''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the intention of the Canadian Committee to award the four remaining berths based on two qualifying tournaments (QTs). However, either or both of these QTs may be cancelled if, for reasons of logistics or practicality, the process becomes unworkable.  In that event, the berths that would have been awarded based on the cancelled QT(s) will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs will be held after the 47 PR berths have been awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
* One QT will be held in western Canada. The other will be held in eastern Canada.  (The Ontario-Manitoba border is the regional dividing line.)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sites, dates, and formats of the QTs will be announced in due time.  &lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs may be held in conjunction with other Scrabble events.&lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs will be restricted to players who have not already qualified for the CNSC.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Only players who are eligible to play in the CNSC and who intend to play in the CNSC will be allowed to compete in the QTs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players may compete in only one QT, not both.&lt;br /&gt;
* All QT participants must meet the same minimum participation requirements as those who qualified based on peak rating.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no minimum PR requirement to play in a QT, but interested players must notify the director in advance to confirm their intention to play in a QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* The director of each QT has the right to limit the number of entrants based on the size of the venue.  The director of the QT will determine and announce which criteria (PR or first-come-first-served) will be used to enforce this limit.&lt;br /&gt;
* The top two finishers at each QT will receive CNSC berths.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any ties in the QTs will be broken by PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''2011 Qualifying tournament hosts''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following clubs will host the regional qualifying tournaments for the 2011 CNSC in May.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Regional QT:&lt;br /&gt;
Club #471 (Cambridge, ON); the one-day event will be held on Saturday, May 14 in Valens, ON.  See flyer on cross-tables.com for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Regional QT:&lt;br /&gt;
Calgary, AB; the two-day event will be held on May 7-8.  See flyer on cross-tables.com for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who compete in QTs must meet the same requirements as those who qualified for the CNSC based on peak rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players may compete in either QT, but not both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Current standings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Current &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/cnsc/qual.shtml qualification standings]&lt;br /&gt;
will be updated regularly until the close of the qualification&lt;br /&gt;
period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Alternates''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All alternates will be chosen on the basis of PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Standbys''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of one of the 52 players withdrawing from the event on very short notice or if there is a no-show on June 10, a standby will be used to fill the vacancy only in a case where it is impractical to notify an alternate.  Hopeful players are therefore welcome to be present at starting time on June 10 to act as standbys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standby players will be selected in order of PR standings with ties broken by their current NASPA ratings. Any further ties will be broken by a lottery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All standbys must meet the event's Canadian citizenship or residency requirement and be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Disputes''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the application or interpretation of any of the above rules and guidelines will be resolved by the Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_Canadian_National_SCRABBLE_Championship_qualification_system&amp;diff=5987</id>
		<title>2011 Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_Canadian_National_SCRABBLE_Championship_qualification_system&amp;diff=5987"/>
				<updated>2011-05-03T21:23:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Eligibility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== '''Preamble''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* A total of 52 entrants will qualify to compete at the next [[Canadian National SCRABBLE Championship]] (CNSC).&lt;br /&gt;
* This event will take place in Toronto from June 10 to 13,  2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Eligibility''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must be Canadian citizens or permanent residents of Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
* All participants must meet the minimum participation requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
* IMPORTANT!  Anyone likely to be in the top 48 in the qualification standings should contact John Chew no later than March 31, 2011.  A $75 cheque  payable to John Chew must be submitted by any player who is in the top 48 by peak rating.  Those below the 48th spot are encouraged to forward a cheque, but are not required to do so. (Those who fail to qualify will have their cheques returned or destroyed.)  Any player in the top 48 who does not indicate interest in participating in the 2011 CNSC by March 31 will be assumed to have declined and will be ineligible to participate in the qualifying tournaments. Please see the 2011 CNSC event page for further details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ELIGIBILTY AMENDMENT: By a special vote of the Canadian Committee held in late April, any player(s) who missed the deadline for submitting a $75 payment will be added as an alternate to the CNSC, once a payment has been received by John Chew. Late payees will be added to the alternate list in order of Peak Rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Qualification period''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* As announced at CNSC 2008, the qualification period (QP) began immediately following CNSC 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
* The qualification period for the 2011 CNSC ended on March 27, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following rules had been  established for CNSC qualification periods...&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
* The QP will end four months before the start date of the CNSC or one month after the official announcement of the CNSC, whichever comes later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: If the CNSC is announced one month or less from its start date then the QP will end immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tournaments in progress at the end of the QP will be considered to have fallen within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Defending CNSC champion''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Adam Logan]] receives an automatic berth as defending champion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Participation requirement''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to qualify for any of the remaining 51 berths must meet a minimum participation requirement. Players will be credited for rated NSA or NASPA tournament games played and directed within the qualification period. This requirement varies from province to province and is based upon each player's primary residence: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ontario and outside Canada: 40 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Alberta, BC, and Quebec: 30 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Manitoba and Saskatchewan: 20 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* Maritimes, Newfoundland, and Territories: 10 games played or directed&lt;br /&gt;
* The maximum amount of credit any one player may receive for directing is 1/2 of that player's minimum requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
* No credit will be given for games directed in tournaments in which the director also played.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Peak rating''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next 47 berths will be awarded based on peak rating (PR).&lt;br /&gt;
A player's PR is defined as his or her highest rating that satisfies the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It is achieved in an open rated tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not achieved before the tournament in which the participation requirement has been met.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is achieved in the last 18 months of the qualification period.&lt;br /&gt;
* It may be either a TWL rating or a (NASPA) Collins rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players have the same PR, then the tie will be broken by each player's second highest PR eligible rating.&lt;br /&gt;
If still tied then the tie will be broken by drawing of lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Qualifying tournaments''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the intention of the Canadian Committee to award the four remaining berths based on two qualifying tournaments (QTs). However, either or both of these QTs may be cancelled if, for reasons of logistics or practicality, the process becomes unworkable.  In that event, the berths that would have been awarded based on the cancelled QT(s) will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs will be held after the 47 PR berths have been awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
* One QT will be held in western Canada. The other will be held in eastern Canada.  (The Ontario-Manitoba border is the regional dividing line.)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sites, dates, and formats of the QTs will be announced in due time.  &lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs may be held in conjunction with other Scrabble events.&lt;br /&gt;
* The QTs will be restricted to players who have not already qualified for the CNSC.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Only players who are eligible to play in the CNSC and who intend to play in the CNSC will be allowed to compete in the QTs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Players may compete in only one QT, not both.&lt;br /&gt;
* All QT participants must meet the same minimum participation requirements as those who qualified based on peak rating.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no minimum PR requirement to play in a QT, but interested players must notify the director in advance to confirm their intention to play in a QT.&lt;br /&gt;
* The director of each QT has the right to limit the number of entrants based on the size of the venue.  The director of the QT will determine and announce which criteria (PR or first-come-first-served) will be used to enforce this limit.&lt;br /&gt;
* The top two finishers at each QT will receive CNSC berths.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any ties in the QTs will be broken by PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''2011 Qualifying tournament hosts''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following clubs will host the regional qualifying tournaments for the 2011 CNSC in May.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Regional QT:&lt;br /&gt;
Club #471 (Cambridge, ON); the one-day event will be held on Saturday, May 14 in Valens, ON.  See flyer on cross-tables.com for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Regional QT:&lt;br /&gt;
Calgary, AB; the two-day event will be held on May 7-8.  See flyer on cross-tables.com for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who compete in QTs must meet the same requirements as those who qualified for the CNSC based on peak rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players may compete in either QT, but not both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Current standings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Current &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/cnsc/qual.shtml qualification standings]&lt;br /&gt;
will be updated regularly until the close of the qualification&lt;br /&gt;
period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Alternates''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All alternates will be chosen on the basis of PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Standbys''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of one of the 52 players withdrawing from the event on very short notice or if there is a no-show on June 10, a standby will be used to fill the vacancy only in a case where it is impractical to notify an alternate.  Hopeful players are therefore welcome to be present at starting time on June 10 to act as standbys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standby players will be selected in order of PR standings with ties broken by their current NASPA ratings. Any further ties will be broken by a lottery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All standbys must meet the event's Canadian citizenship or residency requirement and be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Disputes''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the application or interpretation of any of the above rules and guidelines will be resolved by the Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5920</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5920"/>
				<updated>2011-04-03T02:37:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Registered Players and Standings */  Mark S drops out.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 28, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5902</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5902"/>
				<updated>2011-03-28T19:17:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Peak Rating Standings */  John Chew withdrawn from QS&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 28, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5901</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5901"/>
				<updated>2011-03-28T15:21:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Chew]]           1784&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 28, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5900</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5900"/>
				<updated>2011-03-28T15:21:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Peak Rating Standings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Chew]]           1784&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 24, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5899</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5899"/>
				<updated>2011-03-28T15:20:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Other Registered Players */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 24, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5891</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5891"/>
				<updated>2011-03-24T16:07:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Chew]]      1685 after 58 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 24, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5890</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5890"/>
				<updated>2011-03-24T16:06:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Peak Rating Standings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha           1890&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Chew]]      1685 after 58 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 9, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5889</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5889"/>
				<updated>2011-03-24T16:06:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Other Registered Players */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2059 after 61 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Chew]]      1685 after 58 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 9, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5858</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5858"/>
				<updated>2011-03-09T17:46:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2037 after 47 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha      1894 after 65 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Chew]]      1685 after 58 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 9, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5857</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5857"/>
				<updated>2011-03-09T17:45:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Peak Rating Standings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Max Panitch             1813 (CSW 1901  - not eligible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2037 after 47 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha      1894 after 65 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Chew]]      1685 after 58 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 1, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5856</id>
		<title>2011 World SCRABBLE Championship Canadian qualification system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.scrabbleplayers.org/wiki/index.php?title=2011_World_SCRABBLE_Championship_Canadian_qualification_system&amp;diff=5856"/>
				<updated>2011-03-09T17:44:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Davidboys95: /* Other Registered Players */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the criteria that will be used to select the players who will represent Canada at the [[2011 World SCRABBLE Championship]] (WSC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eligibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All players wishing to qualify must be NASPA members in good standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canadian citizens and permanent residents are eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary Residents (TRs) are eligible with the following restrictions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must register for the qualification process on or before December 31, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs must reside in Canada for the entire period between the start of the QP and the end of WSC 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* TRs are only eligible for spots that are awarded based on Peak Rating (PR) or the qualification tournament (QT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registering for the qualification process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to register for the qualification process can do so by contacting any member of the  [[Canadian Committee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification period (QP) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification period begins on January 1, 2010 and ends June 13, 2011 (following the 2011 CNSC). A qualification tournament (QT) will be held sometime in the summer thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: Tournaments that are in progress at the beginning or end of the QP will be considered to fall within the QP.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: Albany 2009/2010 &amp;amp;mdash; The main event will be in progress on January 1 and will be considered to fall within the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Available spots ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canada will be represented by eight players in 2009. This means that the number of spots available is expected to be between seven and nine in 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criteria (in order) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. [[World English-language Scrabble Players' Association]]  (WESPA)  bye(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are spots awarded by WESPA, typically for being a finalist in the previous WSC. Any spots awarded by WESPA do not count against Canada’s allotment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Top finishers from the [[2009 World SCRABBLE Championship]] === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These spots will be awarded to eligible players who finish in the top quarter of the field in WSC 2009 while representing Canada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of spots awarded based on this criterion will be three if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment for 2011 is seven or eight, and four if Canada&amp;amp;rsquo;s allotment increases to nine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spots will be awarded in the order in which players performed at WSC 2009 as determined by the final standings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who wish to accept one of these spots must register their intention to do so by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players already awarded WESPA byes are not considered part of Canada’s allotment and do not count against the maximum number of spots to be awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who withdraw from WSC 2009 without a valid reason will not be eligible for any spot granted using this criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WSC tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# WESPA Rating achieved at the conclusion of WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record against common opponents at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head-to head record at WSC 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Canadian Champion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner of the first Canadian Championship held within the QP earns a spot unless that player has already earned a spot from any of the preceding criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player wishing to take this spot must register for the qualification process within one month of winning the CNSC or by May 31, 2011, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Peak rating (PR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of spots awarded on the basis of peak rating will depend on the number of spots remaining once the spots awarded by criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;3 have been established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are more than three spots remaining, then two spots will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, one spot will be reserved for the qualification tournament and the remainder will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A player&amp;amp;rsquo;s PR is their highest tournament rating that is achieved after a player has played at least 68 games in fully rated tournaments during the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ratings achieved in fully rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered a PR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ratings achieved at the midpoint of split rated tournaments will be allowed to be considered as a PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players wishing to qualify based on PR must register for the qualification process by April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clarification:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NASPA has implemented a separate sowpods rating system for those players who wish to play rated games using the international word list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Games played in either rating system count towards the 68 game participation requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who have two PRs will use the higher of those two as their qualifying PR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PR tie-breakers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Second highest rating achieved after playing at least 68 fully rated games in the QP. &lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rating achieved after any fully rated tournament in the QP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Drawing of Lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tie-break ratings can be taken from either rating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Qualification tournament (QT) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A qualification tournament will be held sometime in July or August 2011, at a location to be determined&lt;br /&gt;
by a [[2011 Canadian World SCRABBLE Championship Qualifying Tournament Venue Vote|vote]] by players&lt;br /&gt;
registered for the qualification process as of April 30, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining spots (1 or 2) will be awarded on the basis of the standings of this QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player who fulfills the eligibility requirements who has not already been awarded a spot may play in this tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any player registering for this tournament will be considered registered for the qualification process and need not do so formally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of interested players is fewer than six, players who have already earned spots through criteria 1&amp;amp;ndash;4 may also play in this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== QT tie-breakers (if tied on wins and spread) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If two or more players are tied then that tie will be broken based on PR and PR tie breaker procedures will be in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registered Players and Standings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Qualified via WSC 2009 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[David Boys]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Joel Wapnick   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Peak Rating Standings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tony Leah]]           1929&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Ball               1895&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Hoekstra            1847&lt;br /&gt;
* Dielle Saldanha         1836&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinnadurai Vijayakumar  1832&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Matthews          1782&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Golding          1718&lt;br /&gt;
* Priya Fernando          1456&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the automatically generated &lt;br /&gt;
[{{SERVER}}/tourneys/2011/wsc/canqual.shtml qualification list],&lt;br /&gt;
updated weekly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Registered Players ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adam Logan         2037 after 47 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Dean Saldanha      1894 after 65 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Albert Hahn]]    1778 after 0  GP&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Schellenberg  1763 after 54 GP&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Chew]]      1685 after 58 GP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
* These standings were last updated on Mar 1, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
* Any errors should be reported immediately to [[David Boys]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw before the QT will be replaced based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, alternate spots for the Canadian team will be awarded based on the standings of the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded based on PR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any further alternate spots will be awarded by the NASPA Canadian Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Obligations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players who accept an allotted spot under criteria 2, 3, or 4, and who withdraw without a valid reason after the QT will not be permitted to qualify for the [[2013 World SCRABBLE Championship]] except through the QT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Disputes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any dispute regarding the interpretation of any of the above rules and criteria will be resolved by the NASPA Canadian Committee, whose decision will be final.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Davidboys95</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>